1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 #include "blockinput.h"
28 #include "syssignal.h"
30 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
31 if this is not done before the other system files. */
33 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
35 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
36 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
38 #include <sys/types.h>
41 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
48 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
49 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
52 #include "character.h"
55 #include "dispextern.h"
57 #include "termhooks.h"
60 #include "emacs-icon.h"
65 #include "intervals.h"
70 #include "xsettings.h"
72 #include "sysselect.h"
75 #include <X11/Shell.h>
83 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
88 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
92 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
94 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
95 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
97 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
99 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
100 #if defined USE_MOTIF
101 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
102 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
103 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
106 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
107 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
108 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
109 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
110 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
111 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
112 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
114 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
115 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
116 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
117 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
119 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
123 #ifndef XtNinitialState
124 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
128 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
131 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
134 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
138 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
141 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
144 static bool any_help_event_p
;
146 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
149 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
151 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
152 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
153 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
154 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
156 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
158 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
160 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
163 /* The application context for Xt use. */
164 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
165 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
167 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
169 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
170 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
172 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
173 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
174 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
176 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
180 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
181 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
182 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
183 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
185 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
187 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
188 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
189 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
190 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
191 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
192 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
193 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
194 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
195 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
198 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
200 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
201 static struct frame
*last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
203 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
205 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
206 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
209 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
210 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
213 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
215 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
216 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
217 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
218 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
219 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
220 it's somewhat accurate. */
222 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
224 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
227 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
229 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
231 static int x_noop_count
;
233 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
235 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
236 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
239 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
240 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
242 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
243 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
246 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
247 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
251 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
256 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
257 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
258 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
259 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
261 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
262 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
263 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
265 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
266 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
267 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
268 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
269 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
272 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
273 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
274 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
275 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
276 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
277 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
278 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
279 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
280 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
281 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
282 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
283 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
284 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
285 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
286 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
287 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
288 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
289 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
290 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
291 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
292 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
293 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
295 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
296 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
297 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
298 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
299 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
300 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
301 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
302 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
303 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
305 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
* const);
306 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
307 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
308 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
309 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
310 const XEvent
* const, int *,
311 struct input_event
*);
313 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
315 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
316 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
317 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
318 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
319 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
320 static void x_initialize (void);
323 /* Flush display of frame F. */
326 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
328 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
329 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
330 connection may be broken. */
331 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
335 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
340 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
341 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
342 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
343 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
344 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
347 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
350 /***********************************************************************
352 ***********************************************************************/
356 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
357 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
365 struct record event_record
[100];
367 int event_record_index
;
370 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
372 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
373 event_record_index
= 0;
375 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
376 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
377 event_record_index
++;
384 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
386 struct x_display_info
*
387 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
389 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
391 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
392 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
399 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
401 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
402 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
403 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
405 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
409 unsigned int nchildren
;
412 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
419 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
422 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
424 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
425 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
426 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
428 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
432 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
437 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
438 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
439 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
440 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
444 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
446 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
449 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
451 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
453 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
454 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
455 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
456 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
458 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
460 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
461 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
462 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
464 /* return unless necessary */
469 unsigned long n
, left
;
471 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
472 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
473 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
476 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
478 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
488 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
489 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
490 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
495 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
497 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
501 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
503 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
507 /***********************************************************************
508 Starting and ending an update
509 ***********************************************************************/
511 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
512 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
513 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
514 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
515 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
518 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
524 /* Start update of window W. */
527 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
529 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
530 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
532 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
536 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
538 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
539 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
541 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
543 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
544 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
551 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
554 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
556 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
559 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
561 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
564 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
565 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
568 /* End update of window W.
570 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
571 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
573 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
574 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
575 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
577 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
578 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
582 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
583 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
585 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
590 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
591 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
592 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
594 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
595 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
600 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
601 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
602 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
603 reset_mouse_highlight (MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
607 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
611 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
613 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
614 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
618 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
624 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
625 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
628 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
631 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
635 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
636 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
637 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
638 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
639 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
642 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
649 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
650 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
652 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
653 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
654 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
655 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
656 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
657 overhead is very small. */
658 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
659 && desired_row
->full_width_p
660 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
661 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
663 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
666 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
669 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
670 0, y
, width
, height
);
671 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
672 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
679 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
681 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
682 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
683 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
684 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
685 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
687 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
688 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
692 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
694 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
695 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
696 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
697 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
699 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
701 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
703 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
704 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
705 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
706 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
707 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
708 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
709 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
710 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
712 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
716 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
717 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
718 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
722 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
723 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
724 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
725 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
729 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
731 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
732 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
734 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
739 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
741 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
742 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
744 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
745 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
750 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
751 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
754 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
760 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
761 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
765 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
767 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
769 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
771 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
773 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
774 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
776 face
->background
, depth
);
780 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
781 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
784 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
785 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
786 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
787 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
790 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
791 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
792 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
796 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
797 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
798 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
802 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
805 /***********************************************************************
807 ***********************************************************************/
811 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
812 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
813 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
814 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
815 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
816 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
817 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
818 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
819 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
820 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
821 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
822 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
823 unsigned long *, double, int);
824 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
825 double, int, unsigned long);
826 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
827 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
828 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
829 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
830 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
831 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
833 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
834 int, int, int, int, int, int,
836 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
837 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
838 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
841 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
845 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
849 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
851 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
852 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
853 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
855 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
858 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
862 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
863 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
865 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
866 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
867 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
868 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
869 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
870 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
871 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
873 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
874 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
875 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
877 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
878 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
881 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
882 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
883 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
885 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
886 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
889 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
890 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
892 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
897 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
900 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
905 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
906 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
907 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
909 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
911 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
912 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
914 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
915 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
916 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
918 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
922 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
927 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
928 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
929 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
930 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
932 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
933 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
936 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
937 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
939 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
942 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
946 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
947 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
948 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
951 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
957 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
958 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
962 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
964 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
966 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
969 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
971 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
973 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
974 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
976 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
981 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
983 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
984 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
986 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
987 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
990 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
995 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
998 /* GC must have been set. */
999 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1003 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1004 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1007 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1009 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1010 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1013 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1018 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1019 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1023 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1028 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1030 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1033 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1038 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1041 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1044 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1045 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1047 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1049 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1051 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1052 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1055 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1056 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1057 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1061 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1063 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1065 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1066 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1067 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1071 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1072 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1077 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1080 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1083 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1084 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1085 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1086 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1090 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1091 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1092 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1093 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1094 contains the first component of a composition. */
1097 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1099 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1100 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1101 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1103 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1107 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1108 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1109 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1110 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1111 s
->background_width
,
1112 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1113 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1114 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1116 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1117 || s
->font_not_found_p
1118 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1121 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1122 s
->background_width
,
1123 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1124 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1130 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1133 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1137 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1138 of S to the right of that box line. */
1139 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1140 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1141 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1145 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1147 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1149 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1151 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1152 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1153 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1155 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1160 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1161 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1164 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1165 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1167 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1169 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1170 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1172 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1173 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1174 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1178 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1181 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1184 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1186 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1187 of S to the right of that box line. */
1188 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1189 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1190 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1194 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1195 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1196 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1197 this composition. */
1199 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1200 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1201 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1203 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1204 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1205 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1207 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1211 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1212 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1213 space on the left or right. */
1214 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1216 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1217 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1219 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1220 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1221 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1226 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1231 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1233 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1234 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1235 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1238 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1242 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1243 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1244 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1247 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1248 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1249 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1250 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1251 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1252 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1260 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1261 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1262 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1268 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1271 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1273 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1277 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1278 of S to the right of that box line. */
1279 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1280 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1281 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1287 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1289 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1290 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1292 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1295 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1296 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1300 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1301 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1302 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1303 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1304 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1305 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1308 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1310 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1311 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1312 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1318 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1321 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1322 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1324 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1325 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1327 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1328 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1329 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1331 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1332 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1333 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1336 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1337 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1338 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1339 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1340 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1341 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1345 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1349 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1350 cannot be determined. */
1352 static struct frame
*
1353 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1355 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1356 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1359 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1361 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1362 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1363 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1364 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1365 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1366 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1368 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1369 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1370 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1374 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1375 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1376 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1382 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1383 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1384 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1385 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1386 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1387 Value is true if successful. */
1390 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1391 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1393 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1394 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1397 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1400 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1401 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1403 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1405 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1407 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1412 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1413 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1415 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1418 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1420 DPY is the display we are working on.
1422 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1423 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1424 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1425 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1427 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1428 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1430 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1431 we allocated the color or not.
1433 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1436 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1437 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1438 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1448 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1449 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1451 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1455 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1456 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1457 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1459 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1461 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1462 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1464 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1466 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1467 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1469 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1470 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1472 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1473 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1478 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1480 params
[0] = color_name
;
1481 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1482 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1483 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1488 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1490 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1492 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1496 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1500 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1501 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1504 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1509 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1510 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1511 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1513 APP is the application context in which we work.
1515 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1516 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1517 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1519 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1522 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1527 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1529 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1532 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1534 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1535 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1536 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1537 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1538 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1543 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1546 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1547 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1548 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1549 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1551 static const XColor
*
1552 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1554 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1556 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1558 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1559 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1562 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1563 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1564 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1566 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1567 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1569 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1570 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1573 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1574 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1578 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1579 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1582 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1584 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1586 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1589 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1591 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1592 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1593 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1594 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1598 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1602 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1603 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1606 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1608 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1612 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1613 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1614 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1618 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1622 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1625 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1626 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1627 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1628 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1630 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1631 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1632 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1634 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1636 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1638 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1639 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1640 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1641 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1643 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1646 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1650 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1651 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1652 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1653 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1657 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1658 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1659 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1660 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1661 XColor
*cached_color
;
1663 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1664 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1665 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1666 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1667 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1669 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1670 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1671 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1675 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1677 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1678 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1684 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1685 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1686 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1690 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1692 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1693 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1697 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1698 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1699 get color reference counts right. */
1702 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1706 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1708 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1709 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1711 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1712 register_color (pixel
);
1718 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1721 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1722 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1723 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1724 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1725 use an additional additive factor.
1727 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1728 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1729 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1732 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1733 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1734 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1735 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1736 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1737 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1740 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1746 /* Get RGB color values. */
1747 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1748 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1750 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1751 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1752 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1753 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1754 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1756 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1757 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1759 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1760 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1761 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1762 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1763 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1765 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1766 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1767 /* The additive adjustment. */
1768 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1772 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1773 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1774 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1778 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1779 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1780 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1784 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1785 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1788 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1790 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1791 delta to the RGB values. */
1792 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1794 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1795 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1796 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1797 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1808 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1809 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1810 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1811 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1812 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1813 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1816 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1819 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1820 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1821 unsigned long pixel
;
1822 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1823 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1824 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1825 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1827 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1828 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1830 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1831 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1832 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1834 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1836 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1837 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1840 /* Allocate new color. */
1841 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1843 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1844 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1846 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1847 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1850 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1852 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1854 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1857 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1861 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1864 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1866 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1867 unsigned long color
;
1869 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1870 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1871 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1873 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1874 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1879 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1880 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1881 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1884 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1885 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1887 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1888 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1889 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1890 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1891 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1896 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1897 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1898 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1899 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1900 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1901 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1905 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1906 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1907 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1908 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1910 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1911 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1916 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1918 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1919 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1921 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1922 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1923 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1930 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1931 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1932 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1934 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1935 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1936 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1937 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1944 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1946 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1947 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1949 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1950 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1951 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1952 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1955 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1957 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1959 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1960 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1964 /* Outermost top line. */
1966 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1967 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1968 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1970 /* Outermost left line. */
1972 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1978 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1979 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
1980 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
1981 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1982 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1983 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1984 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
1990 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1991 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1992 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1993 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1994 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1995 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1998 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2002 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2003 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2004 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2005 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2006 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2007 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2010 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2011 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2012 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2016 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2017 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2018 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2021 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2022 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2026 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2027 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2030 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2031 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2035 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2036 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2038 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2039 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2043 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2046 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2048 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2049 int left_p
, right_p
;
2050 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2051 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2053 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2054 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2055 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2057 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2058 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2060 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2062 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2063 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2065 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2067 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2069 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2071 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2072 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2074 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2075 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2076 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2078 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2080 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2082 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2083 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2084 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2087 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2088 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2089 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2094 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2097 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2100 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2102 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2103 right of that line. */
2104 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2105 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2107 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2109 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2111 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2112 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2113 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2114 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2120 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2121 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2122 trust on the shape extension to be available
2123 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2125 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2128 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2130 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2131 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2132 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2133 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2134 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2136 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2139 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2140 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2141 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2142 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2143 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2144 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2148 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2150 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2153 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2154 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2155 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2156 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2157 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2158 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2160 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2161 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2162 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2163 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2164 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2165 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2166 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2168 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2169 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2170 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2171 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2172 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2177 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2178 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2179 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2183 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2186 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2188 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2191 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2193 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2194 right of that line. */
2195 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2196 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2198 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2200 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2202 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2203 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2204 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2205 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2207 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2208 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2210 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2211 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2215 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2216 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2219 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2220 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2221 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2223 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2224 x
-= thick
, left_p
= 1;
2225 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2226 y
-= thick
, top_p
= 1;
2227 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2228 x1
+= thick
, right_p
= 1;
2229 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2230 y1
+= thick
, bot_p
= 1;
2232 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2234 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2235 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2239 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2242 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2245 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2247 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2248 right of that line. */
2249 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2250 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2252 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2254 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2256 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2257 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2258 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2259 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2265 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2266 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2267 trust on the shape extension to be available
2268 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2270 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2274 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2275 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2276 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2277 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2278 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2280 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2281 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2282 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2283 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2287 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2288 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2289 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2291 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2292 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2293 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2294 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2295 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2296 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2297 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2299 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2300 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2301 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2302 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2307 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2308 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2309 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2313 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2314 give the rectangle to draw. */
2317 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2321 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2322 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2323 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2324 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2327 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2331 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2334 s->x +-------------------------
2337 | +-------------------------
2340 | | +-------------------
2346 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2348 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2349 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2351 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2354 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2355 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2356 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2357 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2359 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2360 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2362 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2363 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2367 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2368 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2372 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2373 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2374 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2375 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2376 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2378 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2379 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2380 s
->background_width
,
2383 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2385 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2387 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2390 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2391 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2392 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2393 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2394 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2395 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2396 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2401 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2403 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2404 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2405 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2406 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2414 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2416 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2418 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2419 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2421 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2424 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2427 /* Draw the foreground. */
2430 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2431 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2432 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2433 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2434 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2437 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2439 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2441 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2442 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2443 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2447 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2450 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2452 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2454 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2455 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2457 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2458 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2459 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2462 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2464 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2468 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2474 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2476 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2478 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2479 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2480 x
+= background_width
;
2482 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2483 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2487 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2489 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2490 if (width
< background_width
)
2493 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2497 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2501 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2502 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2504 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2510 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2511 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2513 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2515 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2516 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2517 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2518 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2523 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2524 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2525 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2526 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2530 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2532 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2533 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2535 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2536 except for header line and mode line. */
2537 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2539 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2542 if (background_width
> 0)
2543 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2546 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2550 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2556 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2561 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2563 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2564 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2565 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2568 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2570 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2574 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2578 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2579 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2580 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2582 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2585 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2587 /* Draw the waves */
2589 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2599 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2604 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2606 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2610 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2611 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2615 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2618 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2620 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2622 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2623 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2624 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2625 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2628 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2630 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2631 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2632 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2633 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2635 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2636 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2637 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2638 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2640 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2641 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2645 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2646 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2648 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2649 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2650 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2651 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2652 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2653 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2656 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2658 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2659 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2662 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2664 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2665 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2666 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2667 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2668 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2669 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2671 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2673 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2676 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2680 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2684 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2685 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2687 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2688 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2691 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2692 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2693 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2694 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2696 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2697 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2700 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2701 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2702 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2704 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2705 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2712 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2714 /* Draw underline. */
2715 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2717 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2719 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2720 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2724 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2725 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2726 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2727 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2730 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2732 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2735 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2736 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2738 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2739 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2740 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2744 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2745 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2746 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2749 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2750 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2753 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2754 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2755 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2756 specs, and its default is
2758 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2759 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2761 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2762 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2763 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2765 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2767 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2769 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2771 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2772 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2773 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2774 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2775 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2776 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2777 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2778 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2779 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2780 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2781 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2782 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2786 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2787 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2788 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2789 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2790 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2794 /* Draw overline. */
2795 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2797 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2799 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2800 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2805 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2806 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2807 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2809 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2813 /* Draw strike-through. */
2814 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2816 unsigned long h
= 1;
2817 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2819 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2820 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2825 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2826 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2827 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2829 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2833 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2834 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2835 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2839 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2841 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2842 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2843 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2845 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2846 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2847 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2850 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2851 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2852 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2853 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2855 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2856 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2858 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2864 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2866 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2867 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2868 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2870 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2871 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2872 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2875 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2876 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2877 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2878 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2880 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2881 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2883 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2884 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2889 /* Reset clipping. */
2890 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2894 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2897 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2899 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2900 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2901 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2905 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2909 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2915 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2916 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2919 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2921 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2922 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2926 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2929 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2931 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2933 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2937 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2939 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2940 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2941 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2943 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2944 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2945 redisplay, do it here. */
2946 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2947 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2950 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2957 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2960 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2966 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2967 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2968 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2970 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
2971 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
2972 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
2973 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2975 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
2979 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2982 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2983 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2984 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2985 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2986 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2987 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2988 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2989 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2990 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
2993 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2994 pixels into background pixels. */
2998 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2999 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3000 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3002 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3003 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3007 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3008 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3009 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3010 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3011 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3012 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3013 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3014 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3016 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3017 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3019 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3021 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3022 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3023 width
, flash_height
);
3024 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3026 (height
- flash_height
3027 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3028 width
, flash_height
);
3032 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3033 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3034 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3035 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3040 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3041 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3043 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3045 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3047 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3048 struct timespec timeout
;
3050 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3051 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3054 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3055 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3057 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3058 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3062 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3063 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3065 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3067 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3068 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3069 width
, flash_height
);
3070 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3072 (height
- flash_height
3073 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3074 width
, flash_height
);
3077 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3078 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3079 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3080 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3086 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3088 #undef XFillRectangle
3090 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3101 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3106 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3107 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3108 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3111 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3112 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3113 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3118 /* Make audible bell. */
3121 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3123 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3131 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3133 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3135 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3141 /***********************************************************************
3143 ***********************************************************************/
3145 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3146 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3149 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3155 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3158 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3160 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3161 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3163 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3164 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3166 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3168 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3169 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3170 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3171 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3172 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3173 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3174 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3175 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3177 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3181 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3182 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3183 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3185 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3187 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3188 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3190 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3191 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3196 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3197 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3198 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3202 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3203 line at the bottom. */
3204 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3205 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3207 height
= run
->height
;
3211 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3213 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3214 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3216 height
= run
->height
;
3221 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3224 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3225 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3226 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3236 /***********************************************************************
3238 ***********************************************************************/
3242 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3244 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3245 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3246 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3247 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3249 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3250 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3251 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3252 because of this (bug#9310). */
3253 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3254 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3255 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3256 x_uncatch_errors ();
3258 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3259 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3263 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3265 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3266 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3267 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3268 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3270 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3271 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3272 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3273 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3274 x_uncatch_errors ();
3276 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3277 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3280 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3281 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3282 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3283 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3284 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3287 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3289 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3291 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3293 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3294 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3295 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3297 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3298 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3300 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3301 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3303 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3306 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3309 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3310 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3311 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3314 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3316 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3318 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3320 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3321 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3323 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3324 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3325 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3326 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3327 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3328 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3330 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3331 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3334 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3337 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3338 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3341 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3343 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3345 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3347 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3348 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3350 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3351 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3355 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3356 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3358 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3359 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3363 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3364 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3366 static struct frame
*
3367 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3369 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3375 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3378 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3380 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3382 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3383 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3384 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3385 /* A tooltip frame? */
3386 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3387 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3388 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3390 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3392 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3394 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3395 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3396 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3399 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3400 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3401 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3403 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3408 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3410 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3413 static struct frame
*
3414 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3416 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3417 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3423 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3428 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3430 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3431 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3432 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3437 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3439 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3442 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3443 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3444 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3446 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3447 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3451 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3452 /* A tooltip frame. */
3460 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3462 static struct frame
*
3463 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
3464 const XEvent
* const event
)
3466 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3467 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3474 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3477 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3479 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3481 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3484 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3485 if (x
->menubar_widget
3486 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3493 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3494 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3497 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3499 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3506 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3509 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3511 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3515 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3517 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3518 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3521 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3525 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3526 /* Tooltip frame. */
3532 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3534 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3535 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3537 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3539 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3540 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3542 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3545 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
3546 const XEvent
* const event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3551 switch (event
->type
)
3556 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3558 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3560 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3561 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3562 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3563 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3565 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3571 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3572 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3573 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3574 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3578 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3580 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3581 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3582 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3589 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3590 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3593 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3595 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3599 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3600 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3601 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3603 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3604 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3605 the appropriate X display info. */
3608 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3610 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3614 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3616 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3618 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3620 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3621 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3622 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3623 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3624 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3626 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3627 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3631 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3633 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3636 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3637 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3638 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3644 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3646 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3648 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3650 int min_code
, max_code
;
3653 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3655 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3656 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3657 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3658 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3659 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3661 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3663 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3664 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3666 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3668 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3669 Alt keysyms are on. */
3671 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3672 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3674 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3676 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3677 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3679 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3681 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3685 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3689 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3691 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3697 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3698 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3703 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3704 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3709 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3710 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3711 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3712 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3717 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3718 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3719 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3720 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3724 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3725 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3726 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3727 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3728 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3737 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3738 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3740 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3741 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3744 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3745 make them just meta, not alt. */
3746 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3748 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3752 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3755 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3759 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3761 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3762 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3763 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3764 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3767 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3768 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3769 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3770 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3771 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3772 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3773 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3774 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3776 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3777 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3778 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3779 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3780 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3781 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3785 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3787 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3788 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3789 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3790 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3794 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3795 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3796 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3797 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3798 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3799 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3800 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3801 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3804 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3805 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3806 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3807 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3808 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3809 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3812 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3815 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3820 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3828 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3830 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3832 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3836 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
3837 const XButtonEvent
* const event
,
3840 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3842 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3843 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3844 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3845 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3847 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3851 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3852 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3853 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3858 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3859 The input handler calls this.
3861 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3862 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3863 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3864 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3866 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3867 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3870 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
* const event
)
3872 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3873 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3874 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3876 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3879 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3881 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3882 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3883 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3884 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3889 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3890 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3891 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3892 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3893 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3894 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3896 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3897 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3898 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3899 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3900 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3901 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3909 /************************************************************************
3911 ************************************************************************/
3914 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3916 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3917 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3918 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3919 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3920 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3925 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3926 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3928 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3929 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3930 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3931 position on the scroll bar.
3933 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3934 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3937 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3938 was at this position.
3940 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3942 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3946 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3947 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3954 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3955 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3961 Window dummy_window
;
3964 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3966 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3967 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3968 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3969 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3970 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3972 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3974 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3975 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3976 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3978 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3981 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3982 a different screen. */
3985 /* The position on that root window. */
3988 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3991 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3993 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3995 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3996 containing the pointer. */
4000 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4004 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4005 structure is changing at the same time this function
4006 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4008 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4010 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
4011 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
4013 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4014 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4015 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4017 /* From-window, to-window. */
4018 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
4020 /* From-position, to-position. */
4021 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4025 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
4031 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4033 /* From-window, to-window. */
4036 /* From-position, to-position. */
4037 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4042 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4045 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4046 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4047 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4048 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4049 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
4057 /* Now we know that:
4058 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4059 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4060 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4061 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4062 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4063 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4064 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4065 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4066 never use them in that case.) */
4069 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4070 want the edit window. */
4071 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4073 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4074 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4077 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4078 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4081 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4082 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4084 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4087 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4090 x_uncatch_errors ();
4092 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4095 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4097 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4101 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4107 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4108 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4112 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4113 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4114 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4115 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4116 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4117 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4118 the frame are divided into. */
4120 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4121 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4126 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4127 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4128 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4138 /***********************************************************************
4140 ***********************************************************************/
4142 /* Scroll bar support. */
4144 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4146 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4149 static struct scroll_bar
*
4150 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4152 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4154 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4155 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4156 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4158 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4160 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4162 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4165 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4167 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4168 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4169 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4170 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4171 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4174 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4175 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4176 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4177 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4184 #if defined USE_LUCID
4186 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4187 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4190 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4192 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4194 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4195 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4197 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4199 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4205 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4208 /************************************************************************
4210 ************************************************************************/
4212 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4214 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4216 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4217 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4219 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4221 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4222 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4225 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4227 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4229 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4231 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4232 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4233 to avoid jerkiness. */
4235 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4237 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4238 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4239 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4240 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4243 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4244 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4247 const char *end_action
;
4250 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4251 end_action
= "Release";
4252 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4253 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4254 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4255 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4258 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4259 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4262 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4264 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4265 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4266 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4267 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4269 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4272 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4273 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4275 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4276 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4277 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4279 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4280 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4283 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4285 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4286 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4288 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4289 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4292 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4293 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4294 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4295 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4298 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4301 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4302 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4303 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4308 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4309 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4310 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4311 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4312 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4315 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4316 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4317 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4318 into that array in the event. */
4319 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4320 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4323 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4325 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4326 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4328 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4329 scroll_bar_windows
=
4330 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4331 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4332 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4333 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4336 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4337 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4338 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4339 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4340 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4341 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4343 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4344 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4345 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4346 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4349 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4350 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4351 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4352 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4357 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4361 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
* const event
,
4362 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4364 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4368 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4369 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4371 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4373 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4374 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4377 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4380 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4382 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4383 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4384 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4385 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4386 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4392 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4394 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4397 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4398 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4399 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4402 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4404 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4405 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4406 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4410 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4412 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4415 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4417 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4420 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4422 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4425 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4427 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4432 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4435 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4437 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4444 /* Get the slider size. */
4446 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4449 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4450 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4451 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4452 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4456 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4462 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4463 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4467 #elif defined USE_GTK
4469 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4470 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4473 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4474 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4478 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4480 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4481 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4482 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4484 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4485 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4490 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4491 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4492 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4493 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4495 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4496 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4497 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4498 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4499 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4502 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4503 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4506 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4507 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4510 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4511 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4514 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4515 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4522 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4523 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4529 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4532 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4533 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4536 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4538 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4540 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4541 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4542 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4549 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4551 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4552 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4553 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4557 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4559 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4560 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4561 float top
= *top_addr
;
4563 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4564 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4566 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4568 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4572 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4574 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4575 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4576 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4577 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4578 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4580 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4582 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4584 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4585 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4586 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4587 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4591 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4592 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4593 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4594 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4595 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4596 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4597 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4600 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4602 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4603 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4604 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4606 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4608 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4610 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4613 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4614 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4616 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4617 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4618 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4619 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4621 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4623 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4625 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4626 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4629 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4631 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4633 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4634 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4638 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4640 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4643 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4644 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4649 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4652 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4658 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4659 unsigned long pixel
;
4664 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4665 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4666 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4667 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4668 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4669 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4670 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4671 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4673 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4676 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4680 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4683 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4687 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4688 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4690 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4691 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4693 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4695 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4697 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4699 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4701 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4703 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4706 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4707 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4709 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4710 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4711 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4712 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4714 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4716 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4717 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4718 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4719 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4720 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4721 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4722 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4723 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4725 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4728 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4732 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4735 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4739 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4741 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4742 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4744 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4747 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4748 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4749 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4751 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4754 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4756 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4759 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4760 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4761 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4763 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4767 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4768 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4769 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4770 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4771 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4772 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4773 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4776 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4777 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4781 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4782 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4783 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4785 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4787 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4790 /* Specify the colors. */
4791 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4794 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4797 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4800 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4806 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4807 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4810 char const *initial
= "";
4811 char const *val
= initial
;
4812 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4813 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4814 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4816 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4817 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4818 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4819 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4820 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4821 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4825 /* Define callbacks. */
4826 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4827 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4830 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4831 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4833 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4835 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4836 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4837 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4838 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4840 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4841 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4842 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4843 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4847 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4850 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4851 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4855 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4857 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4860 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4862 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4865 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4866 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4873 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4875 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4876 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4877 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4878 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4879 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4880 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4881 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4882 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4883 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4884 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4885 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4886 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4887 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4888 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4896 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4897 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4900 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4904 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4905 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4907 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4909 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4910 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4911 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4913 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4915 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4921 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4922 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4926 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4928 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4929 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4930 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4934 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4935 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4936 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4939 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4940 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
4941 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
4942 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
4944 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4945 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4946 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4947 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
4948 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
4951 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
4952 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
4953 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
4954 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4956 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4957 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4960 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4961 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4962 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4964 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4968 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4972 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4974 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4978 /************************************************************************
4979 Scroll bars, general
4980 ************************************************************************/
4982 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4983 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4984 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4987 static struct scroll_bar
*
4988 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4990 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4991 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4992 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4997 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4998 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4999 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5001 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
5005 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5006 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
5007 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
5009 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
5010 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
5012 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
5014 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
5016 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
5017 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
5018 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
5019 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5020 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5021 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
5023 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5024 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
5025 left
, top
, width
, height
,
5026 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
5033 bar
->x_window
= window
;
5035 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5037 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5041 bar
->height
= height
;
5045 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5046 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
5047 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5050 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5051 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5053 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5054 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5055 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5056 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5058 /* Map the window/widget. */
5059 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5062 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5063 left
,width
, max (height
, 1));
5064 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5065 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5066 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5067 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5068 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5070 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5071 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5072 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5079 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5081 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5083 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5084 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5085 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5088 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5089 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5090 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5091 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5092 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5095 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5097 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5098 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5099 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5100 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5102 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5104 && start
== bar
->start
5111 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5112 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5113 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5115 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5116 the distance between start and end. */
5118 int length
= end
- start
;
5122 else if (start
> top_range
)
5124 end
= start
+ length
;
5128 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5132 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5136 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5137 if (end
> top_range
)
5140 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5141 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5142 that many pixels tall. */
5143 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5145 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5146 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5148 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5149 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5150 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5151 inside_width
, start
);
5153 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5154 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5155 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5156 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5158 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5159 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5160 /* x, y, width, height */
5161 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5162 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5163 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5165 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5166 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5167 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5168 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5170 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5171 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5172 if (end
< inside_height
)
5173 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5174 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5175 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5176 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5182 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5184 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5188 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5190 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5193 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5195 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5196 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5197 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5198 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5200 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5203 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5204 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5210 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5211 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5212 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5216 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5218 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5220 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5221 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5222 int window_y
, window_height
;
5223 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5224 bool fringe_extended_p
;
5227 /* Get window dimensions. */
5228 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5230 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5231 height
= window_height
;
5233 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5234 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5236 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5237 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5238 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5239 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5243 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5244 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5245 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5246 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5248 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5250 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5251 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5256 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5257 fringe_extended_p
= WINDOW_FRINGE_EXTENDED_P (w
);
5260 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5261 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5263 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5266 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5267 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5268 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5269 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
);
5272 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5273 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5277 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5281 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5282 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5284 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5288 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5290 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5292 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5294 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5297 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5299 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5300 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5302 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5303 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5304 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5306 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5307 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5308 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
);
5310 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5311 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5314 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5315 sb_left
, sb_width
, max (height
, 1));
5316 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5317 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5318 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5319 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5321 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5323 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5324 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5325 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5328 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5329 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5330 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5332 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5333 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5334 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
, rest
, height
);
5336 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5337 left
, top
, rest
, height
);
5341 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5348 wc
.width
= sb_width
;
5350 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5354 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5356 /* Remember new settings. */
5357 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5359 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5360 bar
->height
= height
;
5365 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5366 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5368 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5369 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5370 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5372 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5374 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5377 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5380 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5381 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5382 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5385 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5387 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5388 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5392 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5393 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5394 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5395 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5396 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5397 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5398 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5400 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5401 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5402 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5405 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5407 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5408 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5411 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5412 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5413 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5414 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5415 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5416 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5417 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5422 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5423 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5426 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5428 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5432 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5433 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5436 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5438 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5439 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5440 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5442 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5444 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5445 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5447 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5448 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5449 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5451 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5452 one or the other! */
5456 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5458 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5459 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5461 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5463 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5464 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5465 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5466 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5469 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5470 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5473 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5475 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5477 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5479 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5480 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5481 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5483 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5485 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5487 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5490 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5493 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5494 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5498 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5499 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5500 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5502 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5506 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
* const event
)
5508 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5509 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5510 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5514 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5516 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5517 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5518 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5519 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5521 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5522 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5523 /* x, y, width, height */
5524 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
5526 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5527 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5528 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5529 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5534 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5536 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5537 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5539 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5544 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5545 const XEvent
* const event
,
5546 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5548 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5551 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5552 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5553 emacs_event
->modifiers
5554 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
5555 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5556 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5557 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5560 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5561 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5562 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5565 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5566 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5569 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5572 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5573 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5574 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5576 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5578 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5579 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5580 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5582 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
5583 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5585 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5590 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5591 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5595 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5597 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5599 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5603 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5604 const XMotionEvent
* const event
)
5606 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5608 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
5611 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5613 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5614 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5616 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5617 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
5619 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5621 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5623 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5628 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5630 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5631 on the scroll bar. */
5634 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5635 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5636 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5638 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5639 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5640 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5642 Window dummy_window
;
5644 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5648 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5650 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5652 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5653 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5654 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5656 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5659 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5665 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5667 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5669 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5670 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
5674 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5678 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5680 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5681 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5682 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5683 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5684 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5685 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5687 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5689 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5690 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5693 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5696 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5702 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5703 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5704 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5708 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5710 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5713 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5714 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5715 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5716 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5717 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5718 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5719 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5720 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5722 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5725 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5727 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5728 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5730 static int temp_index
;
5731 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5733 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5734 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5736 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5738 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
5740 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
5742 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
5744 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5745 on a particular display. */
5747 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5749 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5750 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5751 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5752 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5754 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5763 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5764 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5765 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5767 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5769 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5773 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5775 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5776 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5777 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5780 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5781 event
->xclient
.window
);
5783 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5788 static int current_count
;
5789 static int current_finish
;
5790 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5792 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5793 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5794 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5795 static GdkFilterReturn
5796 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5798 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5801 if (current_count
>= 0)
5803 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5805 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5808 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5809 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5810 so we do it here. */
5811 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5813 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5816 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5821 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5824 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5828 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5832 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5833 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5835 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5837 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5840 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5841 enum xembed_message
,
5842 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5844 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5846 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5847 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5848 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5849 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
5851 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5854 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5855 const XEvent
* const event
,
5856 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5859 struct input_event ie
;
5860 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5864 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5865 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
5866 struct coding_system coding
;
5867 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5868 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5869 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5870 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5871 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
5872 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5876 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5878 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5879 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5882 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
5884 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
5885 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5887 switch (event
->type
)
5891 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5892 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
5894 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5896 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
5897 because this could be the shell widget window
5898 if the frame has no title bar. */
5901 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5902 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5903 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5905 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5906 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5907 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5908 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5909 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5912 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5913 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5914 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5915 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5918 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5919 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5920 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5923 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
5924 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5925 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5927 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
5928 /* The ICCCM says this is
5929 the only valid choice. */
5931 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5932 /* This is needed to detect the error
5933 if there is an error. */
5935 x_uncatch_errors ();
5937 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5942 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5944 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5945 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5946 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5947 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5948 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5949 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5950 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5951 session manager and one for this. */
5953 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5956 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5957 event
->xclient
.window
);
5958 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5959 for a single Emacs process. */
5960 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5961 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5962 event
->xclient
.window
,
5963 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5965 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5966 event
->xclient
.window
,
5972 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5976 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5978 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5979 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5986 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5989 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5992 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5994 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5995 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5999 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6006 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6010 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
6011 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
6014 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6016 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
6017 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
6019 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6020 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6021 currently never do because we are interested in
6022 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6023 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6024 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
6027 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6028 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6032 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6033 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6034 we construct an input_event. */
6035 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6037 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
6038 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6041 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6043 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6044 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6046 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6047 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6048 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6050 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6054 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6059 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6060 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6064 case SelectionNotify
:
6065 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselection
.time
;
6066 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6067 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
6069 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6070 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
6073 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6074 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionclear
.time
;
6075 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6076 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
6078 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6080 const XSelectionClearEvent
* const eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
6082 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6083 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6084 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6085 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6089 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6090 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionrequest
.time
;
6091 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6092 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6094 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6096 const XSelectionRequestEvent
* const eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
6098 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6099 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6100 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6101 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6102 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6103 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6104 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6108 case PropertyNotify
:
6109 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xproperty
.time
;
6110 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
6111 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6112 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
)
6113 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6114 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6116 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6117 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6118 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6119 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6120 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6121 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6122 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6123 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6124 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6127 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
6128 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6131 case ReparentNotify
:
6132 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
6136 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
6137 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6141 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6142 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6143 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6145 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6150 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
6154 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6155 x_clear_area (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6156 event
->xexpose
.window
,
6157 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6158 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6160 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6162 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6163 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6164 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6165 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6168 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6169 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6173 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6174 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6176 #if defined USE_LUCID
6177 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6178 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6179 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6181 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
6183 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6185 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6187 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6188 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6190 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6191 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6192 event
->xexpose
.window
);
6195 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
6196 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6199 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6200 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6204 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6205 source area was obscured or not
6207 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6209 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
6210 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6211 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6212 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6213 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6216 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6219 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6220 source area was completely
6225 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6226 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6229 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6232 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
6233 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6234 the frame was deleted. */
6236 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6237 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6238 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6239 display that won't ever be seen. */
6240 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6241 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6242 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6243 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6244 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6245 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6246 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6247 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6249 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6250 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6251 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6257 if (event
->xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6258 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6259 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6262 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6263 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6264 frame is visible. */
6265 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
6268 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6269 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6270 the frame's display structures.
6271 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6272 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6273 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6274 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6276 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6278 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6279 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6280 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6281 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6283 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6284 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6285 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6289 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6290 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6292 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6293 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6294 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6295 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6298 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6305 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6306 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6308 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6309 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6310 if (popup_activated ())
6316 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6317 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6318 mouse highlighting. */
6319 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6321 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6323 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6324 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6328 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6331 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6332 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6333 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6334 event
->xkey
.window
);
6335 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6337 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6338 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6341 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6345 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6346 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6347 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6350 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6351 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6352 status_return even if the input is too long to
6353 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6354 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6355 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6356 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6357 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6358 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6359 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6361 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6363 /* Event will be modified. */
6364 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
6367 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6368 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6369 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6371 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6374 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6375 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6376 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
6378 /* This will have to go some day... */
6380 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6381 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6382 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6383 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6384 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6385 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6386 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6388 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6389 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6390 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6391 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6392 not it is combined with Meta. */
6393 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6394 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6399 Status status_return
;
6401 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6402 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6403 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6404 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6406 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6408 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6409 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6410 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6411 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6412 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6415 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6416 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6418 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6423 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6424 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6428 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6429 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6432 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6433 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6437 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6438 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6439 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6442 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6443 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6445 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6446 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6448 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6449 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
6451 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6452 translations to characters. */
6453 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6454 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6456 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6457 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6461 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6462 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6464 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6465 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6467 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6468 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6472 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6473 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6474 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6479 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6480 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6481 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6482 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6486 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6487 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6488 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6489 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6490 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6491 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6493 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6494 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6496 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6497 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6498 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6499 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6500 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6502 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6503 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6505 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6506 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6508 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6509 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6511 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6512 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6514 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6515 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6517 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6518 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6520 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6521 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6523 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6524 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6526 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6527 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6529 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6530 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6532 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6533 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6535 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6536 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6538 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6539 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6541 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6542 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6543 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6544 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6545 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6546 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6547 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6548 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6549 don't have real modifiers but
6550 should be treated similarly to
6551 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6552 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6553 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6554 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6558 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6559 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6561 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6562 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6566 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6570 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6572 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6574 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6577 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6579 /* Decode the input data. */
6581 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6582 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6583 we used just above and the locale. */
6584 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6585 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6586 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6587 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6588 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6589 gives us composition information. */
6590 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6592 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6594 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6595 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6596 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6597 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6598 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6599 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6602 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6603 character events. */
6604 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6607 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6608 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6610 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6611 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6612 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6613 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6615 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6620 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6622 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6625 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
6626 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
6630 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6631 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6639 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6641 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6642 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6650 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6651 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6655 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6656 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6658 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6659 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6660 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6661 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
6663 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6664 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6665 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6666 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6671 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6675 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6676 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6678 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
6681 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6683 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6684 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6685 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6686 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6689 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6690 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6691 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6692 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6693 if (any_help_event_p
)
6697 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6698 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6699 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6704 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6709 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
6710 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6711 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6713 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6714 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6715 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6717 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
);
6719 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6721 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6722 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6726 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6732 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6733 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6734 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6736 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
6737 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
6738 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, 0);
6740 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6741 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6742 will be selected only when it is active. */
6743 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6744 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
6745 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6746 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6747 create event iff we don't leave the
6749 && (focus_follows_mouse
6750 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6751 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6753 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6754 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6756 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
6757 last_mouse_window
= window
;
6759 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
6760 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6764 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6765 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6766 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
6767 event
->xmotion
.window
);
6770 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
6771 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6773 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6774 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6775 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6778 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6779 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6780 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6781 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6786 case ConfigureNotify
:
6787 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
6791 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6793 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
6794 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6800 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6802 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6803 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
6805 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6806 is called by the code that handles resizing
6807 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6809 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6810 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6811 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6812 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6813 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6814 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6815 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6817 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6818 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6819 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6822 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.width
;
6823 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
->xconfigure
.height
;
6824 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6828 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6829 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6830 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6831 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6834 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6838 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6839 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6848 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6849 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6850 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6852 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6853 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6854 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6856 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6858 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6859 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6861 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
);
6864 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6869 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6870 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6871 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6872 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6875 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
6876 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
6878 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6879 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6881 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
6882 handle_tool_bar_click
6883 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6884 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
6886 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
6889 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6890 if (! popup_activated ())
6893 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6895 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
6896 && (int)(event
->xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6898 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6899 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6901 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
6902 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6905 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6907 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6908 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
6909 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6913 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6914 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
6915 event
->xbutton
.window
);
6917 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6918 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6920 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6922 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6923 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6925 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6927 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6928 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6931 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
6933 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6934 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6937 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6940 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6942 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6943 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6944 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6948 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6949 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
6950 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6951 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6952 Instead, save it away
6953 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6954 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6955 if (! popup_activated ()
6957 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6958 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
6960 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
6961 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6962 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6963 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
6964 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6965 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
6966 && event
->xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6967 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
6969 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
6970 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
6971 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
6972 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
6973 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6974 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6978 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6982 case CirculateNotify
:
6985 case CirculateRequest
:
6988 case VisibilityNotify
:
6992 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6994 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
6996 case MappingModifier
:
6997 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6998 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6999 case MappingKeyboard
:
7000 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
7005 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7010 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7012 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7013 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
7015 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7020 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7022 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7027 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7032 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7038 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7039 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7040 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7044 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7045 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7054 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7056 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7057 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7058 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7060 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7062 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7064 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7065 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7067 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7070 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7077 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7078 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7080 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7081 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7082 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7086 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7089 int event_found
= 0;
7093 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7094 input_signal_count
++;
7096 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7097 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7099 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7100 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7104 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7109 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7112 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7113 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7118 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7119 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7121 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7129 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7130 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7131 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7132 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7134 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7135 from all displays. */
7137 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7139 current_count
= count
;
7140 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7142 gtk_main_iteration ();
7144 count
= current_count
;
7146 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7148 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7151 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7153 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7154 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7157 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7158 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7159 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7161 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7165 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7166 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7168 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7170 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7171 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7175 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7177 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7178 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7180 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7181 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7192 /***********************************************************************
7194 ***********************************************************************/
7196 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7197 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7199 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7200 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7201 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7204 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7205 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7207 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7208 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7209 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7211 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7213 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7214 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7215 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7216 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7217 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7219 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7223 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7226 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7228 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7229 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7230 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7233 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7236 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7237 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7238 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7239 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7242 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7243 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7244 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7246 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7247 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7248 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7249 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7250 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7252 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7253 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7254 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7256 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7257 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7258 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7259 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7263 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7265 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7266 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7267 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7271 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7273 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7274 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7276 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7277 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7279 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7280 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7283 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7284 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7285 the bar might not be in the window. */
7286 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7288 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7289 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7290 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7294 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7295 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7296 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7297 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7298 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7301 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7302 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7303 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7304 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7305 that the glyph is legible. */
7306 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7307 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7309 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7310 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7313 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7316 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7317 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7320 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7322 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7324 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7327 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7328 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7330 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7332 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7333 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7334 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7335 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7337 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7338 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7339 width
, row
->height
);
7343 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7346 width
= row
->height
;
7348 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7350 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7351 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7353 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7354 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7355 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7356 row
->height
- width
),
7357 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7360 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7365 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7368 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7370 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7371 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7372 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7373 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7377 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7380 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7382 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7384 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7385 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7386 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7391 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7394 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7395 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7396 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7398 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7402 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7403 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7405 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7406 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7407 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7408 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7410 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7411 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7415 switch (cursor_type
)
7417 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7418 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7421 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7422 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7426 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7430 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7434 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7443 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7444 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7445 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7449 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7455 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7458 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7460 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7462 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7465 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7466 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7467 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7468 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7473 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7474 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7475 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7477 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7478 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7479 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7483 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7484 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7490 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7491 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7494 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7496 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7498 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7502 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7505 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7506 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7510 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7511 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7515 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7516 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7517 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7518 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7519 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7521 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7524 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7525 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7531 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7532 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7535 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7537 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7542 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7543 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7545 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7546 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7549 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7550 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7551 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7552 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7557 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7559 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7560 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7562 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7563 be called from a signal handler.
7566 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7567 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7569 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7571 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7573 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7574 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7575 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7578 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7580 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7581 x_error_message
->string
,
7582 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7585 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7586 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7589 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7590 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7591 stored in *x_error_message.
7593 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7594 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7596 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7599 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7601 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7603 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7607 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7608 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7609 x_error_message
= data
;
7612 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7613 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7616 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7618 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7622 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7623 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7624 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7625 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7627 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7628 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7633 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7634 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7635 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7638 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7640 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7643 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7645 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7646 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7647 x_uncatch_errors ();
7648 error (format
, string
);
7652 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7653 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7656 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7658 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7661 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7664 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7667 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7669 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7672 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7673 * idea. --lorentey */
7674 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7677 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7679 while (x_error_message
)
7680 x_uncatch_errors ();
7685 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7688 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7693 /************************************************************************
7695 ************************************************************************/
7697 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7699 static char *error_msg
;
7701 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7702 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7705 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7707 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7708 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7709 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7711 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7712 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7714 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7715 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7719 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7721 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7722 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7725 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7726 that are on the dead display. */
7727 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7729 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7731 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7732 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7733 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7734 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7735 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7736 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7739 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7740 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7741 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7742 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7743 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7744 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7746 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7747 trying to find a replacement. */
7748 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7749 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7752 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7753 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7756 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7757 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7758 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7760 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7761 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7762 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7763 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7764 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7765 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7766 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7767 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7768 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7771 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7773 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7774 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7776 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7777 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7778 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7779 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7784 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7785 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7789 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7791 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7792 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7796 totally_unblock_input ();
7798 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7799 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7801 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7802 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7804 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7805 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7806 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7807 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7810 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7811 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7812 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7814 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7815 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7818 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7820 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7821 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7822 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7828 if (x_error_message
)
7829 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7831 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7835 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7836 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7837 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7839 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7841 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7842 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7844 static void NO_INLINE
7845 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7847 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7849 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7850 or colors that are not defined. */
7852 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7855 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7856 original error handler. */
7858 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7859 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7860 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7861 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7865 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7866 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7867 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7870 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7874 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7875 DisplayString (display
));
7876 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7880 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7882 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7883 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7884 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7888 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7890 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7893 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7894 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7895 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7896 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7900 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7901 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7902 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7903 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7905 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7907 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7908 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7910 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7911 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7912 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7916 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7917 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7920 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7922 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7923 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7924 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7925 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7926 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7931 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7934 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7943 /***********************************************************************
7945 ***********************************************************************/
7951 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7952 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7953 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7956 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7958 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7959 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7963 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7964 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7966 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7967 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7969 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7970 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7974 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7975 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7976 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7980 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7983 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7984 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7987 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7988 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7991 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7999 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8000 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8007 XIMCallback destroy
;
8010 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8011 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8014 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8015 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8016 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8022 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8023 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8027 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8029 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8030 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8031 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8032 when the callback was registered. */
8035 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8037 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8038 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8040 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8044 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8046 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8047 as they have no XIC. */
8048 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8050 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8053 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8055 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8058 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8059 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8061 create_frame_xic (f
);
8062 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8063 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8064 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8066 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8067 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8076 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8079 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8080 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8081 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8082 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8085 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8087 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8091 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8092 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8094 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8095 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8096 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
8097 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8098 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8099 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8100 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8101 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8102 least, hence the configure test. */
8103 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8104 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8105 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8106 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8108 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8112 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8115 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8120 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8121 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8122 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8124 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8125 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8126 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8127 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8128 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8129 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8130 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8131 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8133 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8136 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8140 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8141 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8144 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8146 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8148 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8149 is already for the top-left corner. */
8150 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8153 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8154 position that fits on the screen. */
8155 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8156 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8157 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8160 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8162 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8163 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8164 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8166 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8167 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8168 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8169 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8172 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8173 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8175 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8178 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8179 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8180 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8183 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8184 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8185 so the flags should correspond. */
8186 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8189 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8190 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8191 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8192 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8193 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8196 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8198 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8200 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8204 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8206 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8208 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8209 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8211 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8214 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8216 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8217 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8219 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8221 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8222 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8223 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8224 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8225 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8228 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8229 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8231 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8232 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8235 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8236 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8237 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8238 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8241 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8242 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8243 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8245 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8246 (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8247 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8248 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8249 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8250 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8255 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8256 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8257 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8258 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8259 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8262 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8265 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8266 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8267 Window wmcheck_window
;
8268 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8269 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8270 long max_len
= 65536;
8271 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8272 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8273 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8277 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8278 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8279 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8280 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8281 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8282 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8284 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8286 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8287 x_uncatch_errors ();
8292 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8295 /* Check if window exists. */
8296 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8298 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8300 x_uncatch_errors ();
8305 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8307 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8308 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8309 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8310 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8311 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8312 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8314 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8316 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8317 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8318 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8319 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8320 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8322 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8324 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8325 x_uncatch_errors ();
8330 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8331 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8332 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8337 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8338 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8340 x_uncatch_errors ();
8347 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8349 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8351 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8352 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8354 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8356 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8358 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8360 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8365 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8368 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8370 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8372 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8373 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8376 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8377 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8378 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8380 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8383 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8389 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8390 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8391 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8392 long max_len
= 65536;
8393 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8394 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8395 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8398 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8401 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8402 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8403 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8404 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8405 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8407 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8409 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8410 x_uncatch_errors ();
8412 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8415 x_uncatch_errors ();
8417 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8419 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8420 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8423 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8425 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8427 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8428 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8430 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8432 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8434 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8435 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8437 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8439 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8440 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8441 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8445 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8450 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8453 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8455 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8456 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8459 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8461 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8462 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8464 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8466 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8470 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8472 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8473 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8474 are sent at once. */
8475 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8477 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8478 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8479 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8480 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8481 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8482 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8484 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8485 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8486 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8487 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8488 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8489 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8490 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8492 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8493 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8494 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8495 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8496 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8497 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8498 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8500 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8501 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8502 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8503 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8504 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8506 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8507 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8508 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8510 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8511 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8514 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8518 return have_net_atom
;
8522 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8524 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8527 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8535 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
* const event
)
8537 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8540 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8545 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8548 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8551 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8554 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8559 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8560 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8565 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8566 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8568 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8570 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8573 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8574 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8576 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8577 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8578 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8580 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8582 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8583 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8585 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8587 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8588 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8589 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8590 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8591 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8593 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8594 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8596 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8597 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8600 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8605 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8606 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8607 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8608 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8609 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8610 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8611 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8614 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8616 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8618 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8619 window manager window around the frame. */
8621 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8623 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8625 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8630 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8631 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8632 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8634 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8636 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8637 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8639 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8640 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8642 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8645 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8646 frame's position. */
8648 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8652 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8653 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8654 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8655 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8656 of an exact comparison. */
8659 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8663 while (count
++ < 50)
8665 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8667 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8668 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8671 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8672 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8676 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8679 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8680 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8683 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8687 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8688 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8690 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8694 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8696 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8698 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8701 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8702 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8704 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
8706 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8707 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8708 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8709 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8711 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
8713 pending_signals
= 1;
8714 totally_unblock_input ();
8715 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8717 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8722 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8723 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8726 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8727 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8728 break; /* Timeout */
8731 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
8735 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8736 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8737 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8738 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8741 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8743 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8745 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8746 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8747 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8749 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8751 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8753 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8754 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8755 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8756 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8758 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8759 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8760 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8761 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8764 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8765 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8766 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8767 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8768 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8770 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8771 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8772 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8773 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8775 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8776 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8777 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8778 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8779 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8781 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8784 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8785 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8786 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8787 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8788 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8791 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8792 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8793 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8799 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8800 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8801 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8802 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8805 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8809 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8813 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8814 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8815 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8816 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8817 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8818 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8819 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8820 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8821 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8822 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8824 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8826 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8827 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8828 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8829 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8830 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8831 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8832 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8836 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8837 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8839 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8840 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8842 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8844 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8846 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8847 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8849 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8850 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8851 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8852 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8853 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8858 /* Mouse warping. */
8861 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8865 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8866 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8868 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8869 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8871 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8872 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8876 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8877 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8881 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8884 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8888 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8889 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8893 /* Raise frame F. */
8896 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8899 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8900 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8901 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8905 /* Lower frame F. */
8908 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8910 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8913 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8914 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8919 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8922 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8924 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8925 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8926 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8927 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8928 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8931 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8934 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8936 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8937 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8939 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8941 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8944 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8945 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8946 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8948 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
8953 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8961 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8963 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8965 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8967 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8970 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8972 unsigned long data
[2];
8973 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8975 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8978 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8979 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8980 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8982 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8985 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8986 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8990 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8991 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8992 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8993 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8994 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8995 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8996 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8997 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8998 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9000 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9001 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9002 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9005 /* Change of visibility. */
9007 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9008 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9009 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9010 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9011 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9012 finishes with it. */
9015 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9018 int original_top
, original_left
;
9019 int retry_count
= 2;
9025 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9027 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9029 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9031 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9032 call x_set_offset a second time
9033 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9034 before the window gets really visible. */
9035 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9036 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9037 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9038 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9040 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9042 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9043 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9044 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9045 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9046 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9049 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9050 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9052 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9054 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9055 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9057 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9058 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9060 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9061 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9062 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9065 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9067 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9068 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9069 so that incoming events are handled. */
9073 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9074 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9075 will set it when they are handled. */
9076 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9078 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9079 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9081 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9084 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9086 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9087 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9088 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9089 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9091 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9092 because the window manager may choose the position
9093 and we don't want to override it. */
9095 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9096 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9097 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9098 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9099 && previously_visible
)
9103 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9107 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9108 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9109 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9110 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9111 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9112 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9113 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9114 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9115 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9117 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9118 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9119 original_left
, original_top
);
9124 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9126 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9127 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9128 MapNotify at all.. */
9129 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9130 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9132 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9135 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9136 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9137 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9138 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9139 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9141 if (input_polling_used ())
9143 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9144 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9145 handler reset it. */
9146 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9147 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9148 poll_for_input_1 ();
9149 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9155 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9159 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9160 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9161 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9162 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9164 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9169 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9171 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9174 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9178 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9179 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9181 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9182 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9183 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9187 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9188 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9189 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9190 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9191 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9192 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9195 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9196 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9199 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9200 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9205 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9206 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9209 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9213 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9214 just by the event that we get from the server.
9215 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9216 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9217 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9218 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9219 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9226 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9229 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9231 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9236 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9237 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9238 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9240 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9245 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9247 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9249 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9250 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9252 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9253 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9255 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9256 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9257 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9263 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9265 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9267 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9268 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9269 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9270 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9271 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9272 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9273 so we have to record it here. */
9274 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9275 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9280 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9281 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9282 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9286 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9288 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9289 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9292 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9294 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9296 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9297 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9298 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9299 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9300 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9301 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9303 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9304 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9306 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9307 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9311 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9312 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9313 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9314 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9315 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9317 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9318 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9320 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9324 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9328 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9330 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9332 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9334 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9335 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9338 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9339 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9341 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9343 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9347 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9350 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9352 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9353 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9354 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9356 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9361 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9362 commands to the X server. */
9363 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9365 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9366 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9368 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9369 free_frame_faces (f
);
9371 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9372 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9374 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9375 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9376 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9377 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9378 toolkit scroll bars. */
9379 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9381 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9382 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9391 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9392 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9394 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9395 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9397 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9398 we are using a toolkit. */
9399 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9400 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9402 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9403 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9406 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9407 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9409 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9410 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9411 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9413 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9414 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9415 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9416 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9417 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9418 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9420 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9421 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9422 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9423 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9424 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9425 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9426 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9427 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9428 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9429 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9430 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9431 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9432 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9433 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9434 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9438 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9439 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9441 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9442 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9444 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9446 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9447 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9450 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9453 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9454 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9455 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9457 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9458 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9459 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9460 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9461 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9462 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9463 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9464 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9470 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9473 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9475 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9477 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9478 commands to the X server. */
9479 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9480 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9482 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9486 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9488 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9489 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9490 that the window now has.
9491 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9492 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9493 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9497 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9499 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9500 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9502 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9503 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9505 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9510 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9511 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9513 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9514 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9516 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9517 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9519 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9520 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9521 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9522 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9523 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9524 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9526 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9528 int base_width
, base_height
;
9529 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9531 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9532 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9534 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9536 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9537 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9538 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9539 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9540 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9542 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9543 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9544 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9546 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9547 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9548 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9549 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9550 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9553 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9556 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9561 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9562 long supplied_return
;
9565 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9569 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9574 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9575 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9576 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9577 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9578 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9579 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9580 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9581 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9588 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9589 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9593 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9594 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9596 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9598 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9600 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9602 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9605 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9607 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9610 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9611 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9612 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9613 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9615 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9616 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9618 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9619 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9623 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9625 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9627 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9628 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9633 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9634 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9635 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9636 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9640 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9648 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9652 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9656 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9657 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9658 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9659 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9662 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9664 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9665 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9667 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9671 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9673 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9675 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9676 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9677 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9679 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9683 /***********************************************************************
9685 ***********************************************************************/
9689 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9693 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9695 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9696 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9697 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9700 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9703 /***********************************************************************
9705 ***********************************************************************/
9707 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9708 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9709 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9710 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9712 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9713 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9714 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9716 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9717 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9718 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9719 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9720 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9721 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9722 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9725 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9727 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9729 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9731 static int x_initialized
;
9733 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9734 the screen number from the server number. */
9736 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9739 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9740 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9741 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9743 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9744 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9745 length_until_period
++;
9747 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9748 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9750 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9752 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9753 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9754 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9755 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9756 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9757 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9758 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9759 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9760 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9761 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9762 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9763 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9764 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9765 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9767 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9771 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9775 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9776 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9779 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9780 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9783 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9804 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9805 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9808 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9810 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9811 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9816 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9817 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9819 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9820 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9824 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9825 the structure that describes the open display.
9826 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9828 struct x_display_info
*
9829 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9833 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9834 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9846 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9847 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9853 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9854 char **argv2
= argv
;
9857 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9859 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9863 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9864 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9866 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9870 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9872 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9874 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9875 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9878 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9879 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9881 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9883 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9884 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9885 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9887 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9888 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9889 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9890 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9892 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9893 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9894 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9896 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9898 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9901 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9905 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9907 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9908 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9910 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9911 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9913 s
= build_string (file
);
9914 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9916 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9917 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9921 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9922 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9925 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9926 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9927 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9929 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9930 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9931 So let's not use it until R6. */
9933 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9944 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9945 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9947 turn_on_atimers (0);
9948 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9949 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9950 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9952 turn_on_atimers (1);
9955 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9960 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9961 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9962 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9963 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9964 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9966 /* Detect failure. */
9973 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9975 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9976 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9979 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9982 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
9983 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9984 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
9985 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9988 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9991 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
9992 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
9993 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
9995 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
9996 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
9997 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
9998 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
9999 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10001 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10003 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10005 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10006 list of terminals. */
10007 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10008 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10009 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10010 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10012 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10013 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10015 kset_system_key_alist
10017 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10018 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10020 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10021 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10025 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10026 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10027 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10028 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10029 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10031 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10034 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10035 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10036 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10038 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10039 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10040 x_display_name_list
);
10041 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10043 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10045 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10046 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
10049 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10052 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10053 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10054 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10055 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10056 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10057 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10058 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10060 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10061 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10063 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10065 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10066 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10067 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10069 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10070 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10072 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10073 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10074 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10075 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10077 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10079 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10081 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10083 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10084 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10085 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10086 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10087 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10088 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10089 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10091 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
10093 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10094 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10096 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10097 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10098 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10099 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10100 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10101 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10104 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10105 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10107 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10110 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10111 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10112 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10114 if (STRINGP (value
)
10115 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10116 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10117 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10121 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10122 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10126 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10127 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10128 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10129 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10130 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10132 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10134 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10135 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10139 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10141 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10142 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10143 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10144 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10145 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10146 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10147 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10148 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10149 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10153 static const struct
10158 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10159 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10160 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10161 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10162 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10163 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10164 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10165 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10166 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10167 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10168 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10169 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10170 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10171 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10172 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10173 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10174 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10175 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10176 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10177 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10178 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10179 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10180 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10181 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10182 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10183 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10184 /* For properties of font. */
10185 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10186 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10187 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10188 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10189 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10190 /* Ghostscript support. */
10191 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10192 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10193 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10194 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10196 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10197 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10198 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10199 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10200 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10201 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10202 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10203 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10204 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10205 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10206 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10207 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10208 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10209 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10210 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10211 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10212 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10213 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10214 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10215 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10216 /* Session management */
10217 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10218 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10219 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10223 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10224 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10225 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10226 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10227 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10228 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10229 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10230 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10232 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10233 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10235 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10236 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10237 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10238 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10240 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10241 False
, atoms_return
);
10243 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10244 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10246 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10247 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10249 xfree (atom_names
);
10250 xfree (atoms_return
);
10253 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10254 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10255 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10257 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10258 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10262 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10265 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10267 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10269 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10270 if (connection
!= 0)
10271 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10274 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10275 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10277 if (interrupt_input
)
10278 init_sigio (connection
);
10282 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10285 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10286 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10287 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10288 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10289 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10290 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10291 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10292 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10293 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10295 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10296 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10297 x_uncatch_errors ();
10301 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10302 for debugging X code. */
10305 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10306 build_string ("synchronous"),
10307 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10309 if (STRINGP (value
)
10310 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10311 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10312 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10317 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10318 build_string ("useXIM"),
10319 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10322 if (STRINGP (value
)
10323 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10324 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10327 if (STRINGP (value
)
10328 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10329 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10335 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10336 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10338 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10339 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10347 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10348 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10351 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10353 struct terminal
*t
;
10355 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10357 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10358 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10361 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10362 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10363 x_session_close ();
10365 delete_terminal (t
);
10369 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10370 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10371 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10372 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10373 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10378 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10379 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10381 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10383 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10386 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10390 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10391 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10393 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10394 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10397 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10399 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10400 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10401 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10404 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10405 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10406 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10410 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10412 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10413 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10414 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10415 that slows us down. */
10418 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10421 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10422 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10424 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10425 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10426 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10427 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10432 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10433 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10434 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10435 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10436 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10437 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10438 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10441 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10444 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10446 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10447 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10448 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10453 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10456 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10458 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10460 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10464 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10466 x_after_update_window_line
,
10467 x_update_window_begin
,
10468 x_update_window_end
,
10470 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10471 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10472 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10473 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10474 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10475 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10476 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10477 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10478 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10479 x_clear_frame_area
,
10480 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10481 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10482 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10486 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10488 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10490 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10491 int connection
= -1;
10493 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10494 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10495 if (!terminal
->name
)
10500 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10503 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10506 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10507 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10508 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10510 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10512 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10513 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10515 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10516 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10517 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10518 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10520 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10521 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10522 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10523 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10524 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10525 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10526 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10527 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10528 leaks in other situations. */
10530 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10531 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10533 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10535 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10536 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10537 closing all the displays. */
10538 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10542 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10544 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10545 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10547 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10549 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10552 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
10553 if (connection
!= -1)
10554 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10556 /* Mark as dead. */
10557 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10558 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10562 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10563 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10565 static struct terminal
*
10566 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10568 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10570 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10572 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10573 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10574 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10576 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10578 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10579 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10580 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10581 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10582 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10583 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10584 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= NULL
;
10585 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10586 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10587 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= NULL
;
10588 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10589 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10590 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10591 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10592 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10593 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10594 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10595 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10596 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10597 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10599 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10600 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10602 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10603 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10604 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10605 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10606 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10607 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10614 x_initialize (void)
10619 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10620 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10621 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10624 current_count
= -1;
10627 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10628 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10630 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10631 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10633 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10635 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10636 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10637 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10638 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10639 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10640 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10641 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10643 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10646 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10648 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10649 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10653 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10655 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10656 original error handler. */
10657 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10658 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10663 syms_of_xterm (void)
10665 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10667 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10668 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10670 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10671 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10673 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10674 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10677 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10678 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10680 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10683 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10684 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10685 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10686 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10687 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10688 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10689 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10691 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10693 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10694 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10695 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10696 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10697 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10698 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10699 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10701 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10702 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10703 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10704 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10705 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10706 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10707 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10708 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10709 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10711 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10712 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10713 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10714 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10715 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10716 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10717 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10719 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10720 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10721 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10723 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10725 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10728 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10731 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10732 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10734 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10735 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10736 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10737 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10738 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10739 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10740 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10741 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10742 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10744 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10745 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10746 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10747 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10748 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10749 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10751 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10752 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10753 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10754 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10755 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10756 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10758 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10759 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10760 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10761 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10762 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10763 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10765 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10766 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10767 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10768 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10769 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10770 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10772 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10773 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10774 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10775 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10776 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),